1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
130 const struct event_location
*location
,
131 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
148 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
152 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
153 struct symtab_and_line
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
157 static struct breakpoint
*
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
165 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
170 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
171 struct obj_section
*, int);
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
181 struct address_space
*,
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
202 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
214 int *other_type_used
);
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
223 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
294 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
612 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
616 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
636 reported by a target. */
637 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
641 static int breakpoint_count
;
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
651 static int tracepoint_count
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
654 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
655 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
663 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
667 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
678 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
686 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
687 breakpoint_count
= num
;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
710 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
727 static struct counted_command_line
*
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
730 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
733 result
->commands
= commands
;
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
776 static struct cleanup
*
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
787 get_breakpoint (int num
)
789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
792 if (b
->number
== num
)
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
806 struct bp_location
*loc
;
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
820 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
841 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
851 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
862 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
863 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
880 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
894 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
909 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
912 fprintf_filtered (file
,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
918 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
927 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
929 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
930 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
932 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
935 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
943 static struct bp_location
**
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
948 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
953 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
954 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
955 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
956 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
957 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
959 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
960 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
963 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
964 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
965 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
966 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
973 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
976 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
977 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
979 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
981 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
983 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
989 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 struct longjmp_breakpoint
1168 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1171 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1173 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1174 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1175 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1179 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1181 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1185 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1187 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1190 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1193 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1194 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1198 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1199 b
= (breakpoint
*) new tracepoint ();
1200 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1201 b
= (breakpoint
*) new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1203 b
= new breakpoint ();
1205 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1208 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1209 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1214 struct command_line
*commands
)
1216 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1218 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1219 struct command_line
*c
;
1220 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1222 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1223 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1227 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1228 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1229 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1230 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1231 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1232 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1233 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1234 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1235 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1236 tracepoint's context. */
1237 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1239 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1241 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1242 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1243 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1244 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1246 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1249 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1250 "can be used only once"));
1255 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1259 struct command_line
*c2
;
1261 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1262 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1263 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1265 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1266 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1272 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1276 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1277 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1280 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1283 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1284 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1287 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1289 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1290 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1291 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1297 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1298 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1301 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1302 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1304 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1306 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1307 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1308 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1311 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1312 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1316 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1318 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1321 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1322 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1325 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1326 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1329 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1331 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1334 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1339 breakpoint work for any task. */
1342 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1344 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1347 if (old_task
!= task
)
1348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1352 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1354 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1356 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1359 /* A structure used to pass information through
1360 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1362 struct commands_info
1364 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1367 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1370 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1371 already-parsed command. */
1372 struct command_line
*control
;
1374 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1376 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1379 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1380 commands_command. */
1383 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1385 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1387 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1391 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1392 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1395 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1398 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1399 "%s, one per line."),
1402 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1404 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1407 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1410 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1413 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1416 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1418 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1420 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1421 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1422 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1423 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1424 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1429 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1430 struct command_line
*control
)
1432 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1433 struct commands_info info
;
1435 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1436 info
.control
= control
;
1438 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1439 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1440 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1442 std::string new_arg
;
1444 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1446 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1447 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1449 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1450 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1455 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1457 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1459 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1460 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1462 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1466 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1468 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1471 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1472 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1474 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1475 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1476 enum command_control_type
1477 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1479 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1480 return simple_control
;
1483 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1486 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1488 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1492 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1493 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1498 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1499 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1502 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1503 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1504 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1507 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1508 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1509 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1510 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1511 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1513 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1514 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1519 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1521 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1527 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1528 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1530 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1537 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1539 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1544 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1545 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1547 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1549 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1553 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1555 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1556 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1559 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1561 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1562 shadow_contents buffer. */
1563 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1564 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1565 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1567 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1569 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1570 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1574 const unsigned char *bp
;
1575 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1578 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1579 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1580 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1582 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1584 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1586 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1587 breakpoint's INSN. */
1588 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1592 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1593 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1595 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1596 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1597 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1599 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1600 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1601 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1602 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1603 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1604 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1605 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1606 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1608 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1611 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1612 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1613 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1615 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1617 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1619 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1620 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1621 report higher one. */
1624 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1625 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1627 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1629 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1630 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1632 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1633 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1634 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1635 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1637 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1638 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1639 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1641 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1643 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1650 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1651 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1652 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1653 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1654 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1657 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1659 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1660 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1661 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1664 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1667 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1669 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1671 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1673 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1674 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1675 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1678 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1681 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1682 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1683 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1686 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1689 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1690 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1696 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1700 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1702 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1703 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1704 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1707 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1710 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1712 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1713 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1714 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1717 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1721 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1723 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1724 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1727 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1728 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1729 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1730 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1731 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1732 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1733 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1734 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1737 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1739 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1740 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1741 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1742 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1745 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1746 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1749 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1751 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1753 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1755 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1756 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1757 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1758 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1759 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1761 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1764 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1767 static struct value
*
1768 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1770 struct value
*bit_val
;
1775 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1777 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1780 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1787 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1788 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1789 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1790 to be able to report stops. */
1793 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1794 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1796 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1798 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1799 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1800 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1801 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1804 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1805 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1808 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1810 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1812 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1813 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1814 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1817 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1818 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1819 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1820 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1822 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1824 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1825 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1828 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1829 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1830 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1831 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1832 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1833 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1834 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1835 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1837 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1838 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1839 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1840 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1841 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1842 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1843 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1844 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1847 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1848 hardware watchpoints:
1850 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1851 called several times when GDB stops.
1854 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1855 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1856 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1857 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1858 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1859 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1860 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1861 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1862 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1863 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1864 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1866 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1867 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1870 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1872 int within_current_scope
;
1873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1876 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1877 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1878 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1879 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1882 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1887 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1888 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1889 within_current_scope
= 1;
1892 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1893 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1894 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1896 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1897 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1898 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1899 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1900 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1903 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1904 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1905 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1906 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1909 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1911 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1912 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1913 if (within_current_scope
)
1917 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1918 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1919 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1922 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1927 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1928 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1929 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1930 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1931 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1932 be completely different objects. */
1933 value_free (b
->val
);
1937 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1938 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1939 locations (re)created below. */
1940 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1942 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1944 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1962 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2101 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2139 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2142 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2221 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2222 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2224 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2225 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2226 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2228 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2229 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2230 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2231 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2232 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2233 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2234 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2235 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2236 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2240 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2241 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2242 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2243 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2248 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2249 instruction that triggered one. */
2250 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2251 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2255 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2256 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2257 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2258 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2267 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2268 that the location is not duplicated. */
2271 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2274 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2277 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2278 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2282 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2283 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2284 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2285 any error during parsing. */
2287 static agent_expr_up
2288 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2293 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2295 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2296 that may show up. */
2299 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2302 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2304 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2305 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2306 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2310 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2314 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2315 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2316 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2317 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2318 one of them is true. */
2321 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2323 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2324 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2325 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2328 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2329 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2331 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2332 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2333 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2335 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2336 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2339 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2340 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2341 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2342 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2343 response back to GDB. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2384 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2387 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2392 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2393 for this location's address. */
2394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2398 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2399 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2400 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2404 to send the conditions to the target. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2416 static agent_expr_up
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2419 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2420 struct expression
**argvec
;
2421 const char *cmdrest
;
2422 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2423 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2432 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2434 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2436 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2437 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2439 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2441 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2443 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2445 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2447 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2448 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2450 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2452 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2453 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2455 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2457 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2459 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2461 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2462 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2465 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2470 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2471 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2473 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2477 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2479 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2480 that may show up. */
2483 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2484 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2485 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2487 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2489 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2490 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2491 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2508 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2510 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2511 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2513 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2531 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2532 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2553 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2554 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2557 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2558 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2559 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2561 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2567 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2569 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2571 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2574 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2575 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2577 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2579 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2582 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2587 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2588 for this location's address. */
2589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2592 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2593 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2594 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2595 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2598 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2599 to send the commands to the target. */
2600 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2604 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2605 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2606 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2610 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2611 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2612 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2616 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2618 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2620 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2621 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2623 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2625 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2629 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2632 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2633 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2634 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2635 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2638 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2639 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2641 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2642 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2643 int *disabled_breaks
,
2644 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2645 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2647 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2648 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2650 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2653 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2654 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2655 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2656 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2657 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2658 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2659 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2660 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2661 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2662 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2663 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2666 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2667 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2668 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2669 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2671 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2673 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2674 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2675 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2676 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2679 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2680 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2682 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2684 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2685 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2686 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2688 Two important cases are:
2689 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2690 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2691 hardware breakpoint.
2692 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2693 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2694 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2697 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2698 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2699 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2700 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2702 struct mem_region
*mr
2703 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2707 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2709 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2711 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2712 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2714 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2716 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2718 static int said
= 0;
2720 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2723 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2724 _("Note: automatically using "
2725 "hardware breakpoints for "
2726 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2731 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2732 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2734 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2735 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2736 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2737 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2739 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2745 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2746 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2747 || bl
->section
== NULL
2748 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2750 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2755 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2757 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2759 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2762 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2768 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2769 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2770 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2772 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2773 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2774 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2775 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2776 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2780 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2782 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2783 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2786 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2791 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2792 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2793 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2794 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2795 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2797 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2799 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2802 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2808 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2809 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2813 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2814 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2816 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2821 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2823 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2825 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2828 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2834 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2835 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2840 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2842 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2844 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2845 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2846 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2847 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2848 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2849 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2850 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2851 errors as memory errors. */
2852 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2853 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2854 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2855 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2858 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2859 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2861 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2864 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2868 "library breakpoints:\n");
2870 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2871 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2872 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2877 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2879 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2880 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2882 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2883 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2884 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2885 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2889 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2892 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2893 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2894 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2897 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2899 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2900 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2904 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2905 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2920 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2921 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2922 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2923 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2927 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2928 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2930 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2932 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2933 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2934 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2936 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2938 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2939 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2943 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2944 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2948 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2949 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2956 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2957 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2960 /* Back to the original value. */
2961 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2965 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2968 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2972 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2973 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2975 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2978 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2982 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2983 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2985 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2988 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2990 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2991 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2992 so just return success. */
2999 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
3000 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3004 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3006 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3007 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3009 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3012 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3013 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3016 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3017 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3020 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3022 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3024 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3025 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3026 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3028 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3029 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3031 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3037 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3038 removed locations above. */
3039 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3042 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3043 Throws exception on any error.
3044 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3045 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3047 insert_breakpoints (void)
3049 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3052 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3056 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3059 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3060 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3061 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3062 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3065 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3068 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3070 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3074 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3078 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3079 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3080 always-inserted mode. */
3083 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3085 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3088 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3089 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3090 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3092 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3094 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3095 there was an error. */
3096 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3098 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3102 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3104 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3107 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3108 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3109 deletion of breakpoints. */
3110 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3113 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3115 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3116 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3117 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3118 insert breakpoints. */
3119 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3120 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3123 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3124 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3131 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3132 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3136 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3139 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3141 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3142 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3145 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3146 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3147 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3149 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3151 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3152 there was an error. */
3153 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3155 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3159 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3162 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3163 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3164 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3165 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3166 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3169 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3171 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3172 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3173 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3174 insert breakpoints. */
3175 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3176 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3179 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3180 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3185 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3186 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3189 int some_failed
= 0;
3190 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3192 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3195 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3198 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3201 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3202 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3209 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3211 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3213 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3214 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3215 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3223 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3224 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3225 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3227 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3228 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3230 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3231 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3235 /* Used when the program stops.
3236 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3237 removing a breakpoint location. */
3240 remove_breakpoints (void)
3242 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3245 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3247 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3248 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3253 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3257 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3259 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3263 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3265 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3267 printf_filtered (_("\
3268 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3269 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3271 /* Hide it from the user. */
3277 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3280 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3282 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3284 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3288 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3291 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3293 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3302 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3304 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3305 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3307 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3308 struct inferior
*inf
;
3309 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3311 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3315 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3316 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3318 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3320 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3324 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3330 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3333 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3338 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3342 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3344 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3345 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3346 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3347 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3348 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3349 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3351 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3354 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3357 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3358 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3362 static struct breakpoint
*
3363 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3364 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3365 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3367 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3368 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3370 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3373 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3374 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3376 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3377 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3378 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3383 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3385 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3387 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3389 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3392 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3393 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3395 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3396 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3398 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3399 int longjmp_searched
;
3401 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3402 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3404 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3405 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3407 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3408 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3410 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3411 int exception_searched
;
3413 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3414 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3417 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3419 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3420 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3422 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3425 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3427 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3430 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3431 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3433 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3434 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3436 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3438 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3439 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3440 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3443 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3445 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3446 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3448 return bp_objfile_data
;
3452 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3454 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3455 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3457 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3458 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3462 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3464 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3465 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3467 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3469 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3470 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3472 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3479 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3481 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3483 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3484 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3486 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3487 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3490 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3493 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3494 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3496 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3497 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3498 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3499 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3501 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3503 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3504 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3508 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3509 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3515 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3517 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3519 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3521 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3523 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3525 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3527 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3530 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3531 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3533 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3535 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3537 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3541 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3544 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3545 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3547 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3549 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3550 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3551 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3555 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3559 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3562 struct probe
*probe
;
3563 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3566 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3567 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3573 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3574 get_probe_address (probe
,
3577 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3578 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3579 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3585 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3588 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3591 const char *func_name
;
3593 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3595 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3598 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3599 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3601 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3603 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3604 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3606 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3607 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3610 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3613 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3614 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3615 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3616 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3617 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3618 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3619 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3625 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3627 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3629 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3630 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3632 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3634 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3636 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3639 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3641 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3644 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3645 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3647 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3649 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3652 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3654 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3656 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3657 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3658 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3660 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3661 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3664 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3667 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3668 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3669 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3670 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3671 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3672 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3673 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3674 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3679 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3682 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3684 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3685 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3687 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3689 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3690 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3691 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3693 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3695 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3697 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3698 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3702 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3706 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3707 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3709 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3711 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3712 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3713 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3717 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3718 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3721 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3723 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3725 struct probe
*probe
;
3728 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3729 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3735 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3736 get_probe_address (probe
,
3738 bp_exception_master
,
3739 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3740 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3741 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3747 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3749 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3752 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3754 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3756 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3758 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3759 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3761 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3765 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3768 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3769 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3771 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3772 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3773 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3774 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3775 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3776 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3780 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3783 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3785 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3789 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3791 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3792 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3794 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3795 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3796 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3797 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3798 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3799 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3800 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3801 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3802 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3803 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3804 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3808 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3811 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3818 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3819 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3821 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3825 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3826 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3827 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3828 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3829 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3835 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3836 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3838 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3842 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3843 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3845 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3849 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3851 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3852 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3853 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3855 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3859 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3861 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3862 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3863 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3864 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3868 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3869 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3870 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3871 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3872 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3873 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3875 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3876 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3877 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3878 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3879 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3880 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3881 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3883 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3884 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3885 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3886 let finish_command delete it.
3888 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3889 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3890 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3891 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3892 solib breakpoints.) */
3894 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3899 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3900 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3902 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3904 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3911 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3913 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3915 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3916 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3918 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3919 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3921 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3922 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3925 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3928 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3929 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3930 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3931 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3932 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3933 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3934 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3938 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3941 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3945 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3946 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3947 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3948 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3949 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3952 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3956 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3957 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3959 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3960 This should not ever happen. */
3961 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3963 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3964 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3966 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3967 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3968 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3970 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3971 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3972 || bl
->section
== NULL
3973 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3975 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3977 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3978 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3979 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3980 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3981 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3982 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3983 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3984 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3985 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3986 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3987 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3988 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3989 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3990 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3991 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3992 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3993 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3994 they should always be removed. */
3995 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3996 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3997 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
4000 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4004 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
4005 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
4006 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
4008 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4009 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4011 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4012 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4013 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4014 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4015 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4017 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4018 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4021 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4022 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4025 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4026 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4027 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4028 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4030 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4031 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4032 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4033 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4034 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4035 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4041 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4046 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4047 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4048 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4049 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4050 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4051 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4052 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4053 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4054 always-inserted mode. */
4056 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4058 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4059 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4065 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4067 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4069 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4070 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4072 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4073 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4075 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4076 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4077 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4080 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4081 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4084 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4085 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4087 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4091 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4098 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4100 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4101 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4103 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4104 This should not ever happen. */
4105 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4107 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4109 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4111 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4114 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4117 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4119 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4121 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4122 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4126 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4127 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4129 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4132 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4133 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4134 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4139 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4141 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4142 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4144 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4146 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4148 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4151 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4155 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4161 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4163 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4164 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4167 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4169 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4171 case bp_shlib_event
:
4173 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4174 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4175 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4176 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4177 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4179 (gdb) file prog-linux
4180 (gdb) run # native linux target
4183 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4184 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4187 case bp_step_resume
:
4189 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4191 case bp_single_step
:
4193 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4195 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4199 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4200 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4201 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4203 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4205 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4206 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4207 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4210 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4211 valid. New ones will be created in
4212 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4213 The next update_global_location_list call will
4214 garbage collect them. */
4217 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4219 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4220 insert_breakpoints. */
4222 value_free (w
->val
);
4234 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4235 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4236 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4237 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4240 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4241 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4242 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4243 match, not program space. */
4245 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4246 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4247 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4248 permanent breakpoint.
4249 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4250 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4251 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4252 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4253 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4255 enum breakpoint_here
4256 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4258 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4259 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4263 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4264 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4267 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4270 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4272 if (overlay_debugging
4273 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4274 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4275 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4276 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4277 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4279 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4283 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4286 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4289 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4290 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4292 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4296 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4297 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4300 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4302 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4305 if (overlay_debugging
4306 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4307 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4309 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4320 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4323 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4325 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4328 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4329 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4335 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4339 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4340 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4343 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4346 if (overlay_debugging
4347 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4348 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4349 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4356 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4359 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4361 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4365 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4367 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4368 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4371 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4377 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4381 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4384 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4386 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4388 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4390 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4393 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4400 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4403 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4406 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4408 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4410 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4412 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4415 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4423 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4424 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4426 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4430 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4432 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4433 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4436 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4439 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4440 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4444 /* Check for intersection. */
4445 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4446 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4455 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4459 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4461 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4464 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4468 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4470 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4471 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4472 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4473 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4477 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4478 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4481 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4498 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4499 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4502 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4506 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4511 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4513 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4514 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4515 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4516 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4517 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4519 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4520 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4524 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4534 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4537 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4542 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4544 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4550 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4553 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4555 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4557 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4559 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4561 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4566 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4575 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4576 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4577 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4578 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4580 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4581 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4583 Return 1 otherwise. */
4586 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4588 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4591 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4593 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4594 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4595 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4596 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4597 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4599 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4601 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4605 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4608 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4610 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4613 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4616 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4620 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4622 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4624 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4626 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4632 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4635 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4637 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4639 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4641 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4642 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4643 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4644 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4645 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4649 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4652 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4655 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4657 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4660 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4661 or its equivalent. */
4664 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4666 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4670 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4671 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4672 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4676 bpstat of the current thread. */
4679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4693 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4695 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4698 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4699 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4701 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4702 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4703 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4705 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4707 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4708 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4709 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4710 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4711 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4712 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4713 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4714 the tree when we're done. */
4715 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4716 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4717 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4718 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4719 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4721 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4727 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4735 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4736 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4738 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4740 if (current_ui
->async
)
4741 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4742 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4743 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4746 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4747 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4748 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4749 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4750 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4751 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4752 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4753 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4754 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4755 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4756 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4757 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4758 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4763 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4768 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4770 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4772 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4773 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4774 && target_has_execution
4775 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4776 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4777 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4778 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4779 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4780 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4781 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4784 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4787 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4790 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4793 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4796 struct value_print_options opts
;
4797 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4798 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4802 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4803 debugging multiple threads. */
4806 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4808 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4813 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4816 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4818 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4819 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4821 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4824 uiout
->text (" \"");
4825 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4829 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4833 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4834 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4835 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4836 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4839 static enum print_stop_action
4840 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4842 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4845 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4846 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4850 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4851 relevant messages. */
4852 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4855 case print_it_normal
:
4857 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4859 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4860 which has since been deleted. */
4862 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4864 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4865 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4870 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4871 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4876 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4879 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4882 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4884 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4888 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4889 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4891 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4892 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4895 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4896 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4897 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4904 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4905 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4907 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4912 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4913 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4914 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4920 struct so_list
*iter
;
4923 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4924 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4926 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4931 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4932 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4933 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4938 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4939 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4940 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4941 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4942 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4943 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4944 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4947 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4948 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4949 code to print the location. An example is
4950 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4952 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4953 to also print the location part of the message.
4954 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4955 don't require a location appended to the end.
4956 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4957 further info to be printed. */
4959 enum print_stop_action
4960 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4962 enum print_stop_action val
;
4964 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4965 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4966 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4967 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4968 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4970 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4971 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4972 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4973 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4977 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4978 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4979 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4980 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4982 print_solib_event (0);
4983 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4986 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4987 with and nothing was printed. */
4988 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4991 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4992 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4993 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4994 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4995 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4996 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4999 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
5001 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5002 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5004 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5008 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5011 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5015 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5017 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5018 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5019 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5020 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5021 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5022 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5023 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5025 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5029 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5030 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5033 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5035 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5039 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5041 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5042 as not triggered. */
5044 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5046 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5048 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5054 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5056 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5057 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5059 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5061 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5063 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5069 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5070 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5074 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5076 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5077 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5079 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5080 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5082 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5084 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5085 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5087 if (newaddr
== start
)
5089 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5093 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5094 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5098 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5107 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5108 because of check_errors). */
5109 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5110 #define WP_DELETED 1
5111 /* The value has changed. */
5112 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5113 /* The value has not changed. */
5114 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5115 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5118 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5119 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5121 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5124 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5125 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5128 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5130 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5131 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5132 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5133 int within_current_scope
;
5135 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5136 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5137 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5139 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5140 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5141 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5142 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5145 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5146 within_current_scope
= 1;
5149 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5150 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5151 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5153 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5154 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5155 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5156 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5157 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5158 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5159 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5160 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5161 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5162 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5165 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5166 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5168 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5169 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5170 if (within_current_scope
)
5172 struct symbol
*function
;
5174 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5175 if (function
== NULL
5176 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5177 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5178 within_current_scope
= 0;
5181 if (within_current_scope
)
5182 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5183 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5188 if (within_current_scope
)
5190 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5191 time before we return to the command level and call
5192 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5193 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5197 struct value
*new_val
;
5199 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5200 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5201 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5202 a mask watchpoint. */
5203 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5205 mark
= value_mark ();
5206 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5208 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5209 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5211 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5212 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5213 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5214 not what we want. */
5215 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5216 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5218 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5220 release_value (new_val
);
5221 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5223 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5226 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5230 /* Nothing changed. */
5231 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5232 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5237 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5238 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5239 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5240 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5241 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5242 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5243 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5244 the first value assigned). */
5245 /* We print all the stop information in
5246 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5247 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5248 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5251 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5253 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5255 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5257 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5258 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5259 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5260 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5261 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5264 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5265 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5266 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5272 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5273 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5274 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5277 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5278 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5279 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5281 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5283 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5284 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5286 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5289 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5290 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5293 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5295 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5296 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5298 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5299 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5300 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5301 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5302 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5305 int must_check_value
= 0;
5307 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5308 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5310 must_check_value
= 1;
5311 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5312 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5313 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5315 must_check_value
= 1;
5316 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5317 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5318 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5319 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5320 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5321 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5322 must_check_value
= 1;
5324 if (must_check_value
)
5327 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5329 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5330 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5332 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5336 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5337 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5341 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5344 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5345 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5347 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5349 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5350 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5351 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5352 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5353 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5354 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5355 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5358 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5359 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5362 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5363 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5364 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5365 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5367 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5368 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5369 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5372 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5373 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5374 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5375 changes. This still gives false positives when
5376 the program writes the same value to memory as
5377 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5378 it for a read), but it's much better than
5381 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5383 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5385 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5387 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5388 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5389 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5391 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5392 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5394 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5395 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5397 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5403 if (other_write_watchpoint
5404 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5406 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5407 and the value changed since the last time we
5408 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5415 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5416 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5417 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5419 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5420 the value hasn't changed. */
5421 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5429 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5431 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5433 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5436 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5437 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5438 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5443 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5445 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5446 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5447 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5448 anything for this watchpoint. */
5449 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5455 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5456 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5457 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5458 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5461 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5463 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5464 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5465 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5466 struct expression
*cond
;
5468 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5470 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5471 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5472 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5473 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5474 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5476 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5477 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5478 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5480 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5481 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5487 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5488 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5490 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5491 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5498 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5500 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5502 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5504 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5506 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5509 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5511 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5513 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5514 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5516 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5517 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5518 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5519 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5521 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5523 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5524 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5528 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5529 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5530 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5531 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5532 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5534 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5535 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5538 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5540 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5541 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5542 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5543 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5544 really matter which instantiation of the function
5545 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5546 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5547 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5548 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5549 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5550 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5551 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5552 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5554 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5556 select_frame (frame
);
5558 within_current_scope
= 0;
5560 if (within_current_scope
)
5562 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5563 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5567 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5568 "in the current scope"));
5569 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5570 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5573 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5574 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5577 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5581 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5585 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5587 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5591 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5592 on the current target. */
5595 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5597 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5598 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5599 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5600 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5604 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5605 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5607 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5608 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5611 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5613 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5615 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5616 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5617 several reasons concurrently.)
5619 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5620 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5623 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5624 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5625 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5627 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5628 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5629 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5630 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5631 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5632 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5635 int need_remove_insert
;
5638 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5639 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5640 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5641 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5642 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5643 inferior function calls. */
5647 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5650 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5652 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5653 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5654 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5655 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5656 checked all locations already. */
5657 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5660 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5663 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5666 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5669 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5672 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5673 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5674 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5678 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5679 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5680 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5682 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5684 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5686 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5691 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5692 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5693 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5695 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5697 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5698 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5700 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5701 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5704 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5709 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5710 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5711 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5713 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5715 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5717 handle_solib_event ();
5722 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5723 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5724 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5728 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5733 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5734 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5737 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5742 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5744 /* We will stop here. */
5745 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5747 --(b
->enable_count
);
5748 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5749 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5754 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5755 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5756 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5757 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5760 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5765 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5767 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5768 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5771 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5772 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5773 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5775 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5776 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5777 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5779 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5780 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5782 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5784 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5785 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5788 if (need_remove_insert
)
5789 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5790 else if (removed_any
)
5791 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5797 handle_jit_event (void)
5799 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5800 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5803 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5805 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5806 breakpoint_re_set. */
5807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5809 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5810 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5812 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5814 target_terminal_inferior ();
5817 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5819 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5822 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5824 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5827 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5828 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5829 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5831 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5833 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5834 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5835 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5838 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5840 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5841 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5845 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5852 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5853 case bp_single_step
:
5856 case bp_shlib_event
:
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5862 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5865 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5869 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5870 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5876 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5880 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5881 This requires no further action. */
5885 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5889 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5890 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5893 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5895 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5896 case bp_exception_resume
:
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5900 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5903 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5905 case bp_step_resume
:
5907 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5910 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5911 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5914 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5916 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5919 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5920 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5923 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5924 case bp_thread_event
:
5925 case bp_overlay_event
:
5926 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5927 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5928 case bp_exception_master
:
5929 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5937 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5941 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5942 This requires no further action. */
5946 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5949 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5950 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5951 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5952 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5954 case bp_std_terminate
:
5955 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5956 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5957 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5958 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5961 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5962 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5963 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5964 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5966 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5967 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5969 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5970 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5971 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5973 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5974 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5975 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5976 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5981 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5983 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5987 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5988 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5991 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5998 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6002 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6004 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6011 handle_jit_event ();
6013 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6014 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6016 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6017 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6023 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6024 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6025 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6028 bpstat_should_step (void)
6030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6033 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6039 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6041 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6050 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6051 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6052 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6055 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6057 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6058 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6062 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6064 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6066 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6067 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6068 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6073 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6079 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6080 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6082 "host": Host evals condition.
6083 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6084 "target": Target evals condition.
6088 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6090 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6091 char host_evals
= 0;
6092 char target_evals
= 0;
6097 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6102 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6104 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6106 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6112 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6113 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6114 else if (target_evals
)
6115 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6117 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6120 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6121 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6124 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6126 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6129 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6130 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6131 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6133 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6134 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6136 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6139 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6142 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6143 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6145 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6147 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6149 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6153 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6155 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6156 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6157 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6160 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6163 uiout
->text ("in ");
6164 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6166 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6167 uiout
->text ("at ");
6169 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6170 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6173 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6174 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6176 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6182 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6184 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6188 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6189 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6190 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6191 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6192 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6193 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6195 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6199 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6203 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6204 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6205 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6208 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6209 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6215 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6217 struct ep_type_description
6220 const char *description
;
6222 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6224 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6225 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6226 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6227 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6228 {bp_until
, "until"},
6229 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6230 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6231 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6232 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6233 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6234 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6235 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6236 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6237 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6238 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6239 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6240 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6241 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6242 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6243 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6244 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6245 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6246 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6247 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6248 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6249 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6250 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6251 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6252 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6253 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6254 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6255 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6256 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6257 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6260 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6261 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6262 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6263 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6266 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6269 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6270 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6273 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6274 const char *field_name
,
6278 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6282 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6283 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6284 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6287 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6289 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6295 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6296 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6301 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6305 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6310 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6313 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6314 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6316 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6319 struct command_line
*l
;
6320 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6322 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6323 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6324 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6325 struct value_print_options opts
;
6327 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6329 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6330 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6331 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6334 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6335 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6343 if (part_of_multiple
)
6346 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6347 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6352 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6357 if (part_of_multiple
)
6358 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6360 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6364 if (part_of_multiple
)
6365 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6367 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6372 if (part_of_multiple
)
6373 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6375 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6380 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6382 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6383 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6384 make sure there's just one location. */
6385 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6386 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6392 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6393 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6397 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6398 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6399 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6401 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6403 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6404 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6405 is relatively readable). */
6406 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6407 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6409 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6414 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6415 case bp_single_step
:
6419 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6420 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6422 case bp_exception_resume
:
6423 case bp_step_resume
:
6424 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6425 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6427 case bp_std_terminate
:
6428 case bp_shlib_event
:
6429 case bp_thread_event
:
6430 case bp_overlay_event
:
6431 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6432 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6433 case bp_exception_master
:
6435 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6436 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6439 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6440 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6441 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6444 if (header_of_multiple
)
6445 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6446 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6447 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6449 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6450 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6453 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6454 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6461 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6463 struct inferior
*inf
;
6464 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6469 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6470 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6473 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6474 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6476 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6477 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6478 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6479 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6480 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6481 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6483 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6484 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6487 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6489 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6491 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6492 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6493 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6494 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6496 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6498 uiout
->text (" task ");
6499 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6505 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6506 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6508 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6511 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6512 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6514 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6515 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6519 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6522 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6523 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6525 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6526 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6528 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6529 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6530 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6531 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6532 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6535 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6536 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6537 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6542 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6544 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6545 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6546 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6547 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6550 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6552 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6557 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6561 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6562 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6563 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6564 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6565 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6567 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6568 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6569 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6570 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6571 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6573 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6577 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6578 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6579 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6583 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6586 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6587 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6588 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6591 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6592 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6593 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6594 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6597 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6598 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6599 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6600 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6601 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6603 uiout
->text ("next ");
6604 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6605 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6608 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6610 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6612 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6614 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6615 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6616 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6620 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6621 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6624 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6625 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6628 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6630 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6632 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6634 annotate_field (10);
6635 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6636 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6637 uiout
->text (" \n");
6640 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6642 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6644 annotate_field (11);
6646 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6647 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6648 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6654 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6655 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6660 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6662 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6664 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6666 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6668 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6669 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6670 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6671 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6676 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6677 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6680 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6683 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6685 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6688 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6689 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6690 locations, if any. */
6691 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6693 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6694 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6695 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6698 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6699 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6701 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6702 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6704 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6707 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6709 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6710 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6717 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6719 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6720 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6722 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6723 address to print. */
6724 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6727 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6731 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6732 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6733 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6736 return print_address_bits
;
6739 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6745 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6747 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6748 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6749 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6750 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6754 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6756 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6764 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6765 char **error_message
)
6767 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6770 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6772 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6773 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6779 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6780 internal or momentary. */
6783 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6785 return b
->number
> 0;
6788 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6791 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6793 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6796 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6797 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6798 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6799 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6800 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6801 breakpoints listed. */
6804 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6805 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6807 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6808 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6809 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6810 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6811 struct value_print_options opts
;
6812 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6813 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6814 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6816 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6818 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6819 required for address fields. */
6820 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6823 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6824 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6827 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6828 accept. Skip the others. */
6829 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6831 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6833 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6837 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6839 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6841 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6842 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6843 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6845 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6846 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6847 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6849 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6853 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6855 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6856 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6860 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6861 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6865 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6866 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6868 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6872 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6878 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6882 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6883 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6885 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6887 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6889 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6890 uiout
->table_body ();
6891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6892 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6897 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6898 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6901 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6902 accept. Skip the others. */
6904 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6906 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6908 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6911 else /* all others */
6913 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6917 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6919 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6920 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6923 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6927 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6931 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6932 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6934 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6940 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6941 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6944 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6945 there have been breakpoints? */
6946 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6948 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6951 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6952 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6955 default_collect_info (void)
6957 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6959 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6960 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6962 if (!*default_collect
)
6965 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6967 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6968 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6969 uiout
->text (" \n");
6973 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6975 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6977 default_collect_info ();
6981 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6983 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6984 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6986 if (num_printed
== 0)
6988 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6989 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6991 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6996 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6998 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
7000 default_collect_info ();
7004 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7005 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7006 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7008 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7010 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7012 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7013 && bl
->address
== pc
7014 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7020 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7021 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7025 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7026 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7027 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7033 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7034 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7038 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7039 else /* if (others == ???) */
7040 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7042 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7045 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7046 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7047 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7048 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7049 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7050 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7051 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7052 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7056 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7058 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7059 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7060 printf_filtered (".\n");
7065 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7066 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7067 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7068 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7070 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7071 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7072 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7073 breakpoint location at address zero:
7081 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7083 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7085 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7088 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7089 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7092 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7093 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7095 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7096 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7098 /* Both of them must exist. */
7099 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7100 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7102 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7103 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7104 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7105 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7106 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7107 other watchpoint. */
7109 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7111 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7112 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7114 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7116 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7117 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7120 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7121 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7122 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7123 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7124 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7125 become hw_access locations later. */
7126 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7127 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7128 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7129 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7132 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7135 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7136 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7138 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7139 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7143 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7144 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7145 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7146 space doesn't really matter. */
7149 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7150 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7153 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7154 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7155 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7158 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7159 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7160 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7161 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7164 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7165 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7168 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7171 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7172 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7176 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7177 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7178 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7179 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7180 doesn't really matter. */
7183 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7184 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7185 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7187 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7188 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7190 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7192 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7198 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7199 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7200 true, otherwise returns false. */
7203 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7204 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7206 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7207 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7208 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7209 different locations. */
7210 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7215 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7216 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7217 represent the same location. */
7220 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7221 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7223 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7225 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7226 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7227 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7229 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7230 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7232 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7235 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7236 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7237 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7239 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7240 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7241 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7242 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7246 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7247 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7249 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7250 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7254 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7255 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7257 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7258 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7260 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7263 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7264 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7265 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7266 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7269 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7270 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7272 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7274 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7277 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7278 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7279 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7280 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7281 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7283 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7284 have their addresses modified. */
7287 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7289 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7290 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7291 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7292 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7293 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7294 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7299 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7301 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7302 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7303 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7305 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7306 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7308 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7309 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7311 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7315 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7317 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7319 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7323 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7324 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7327 switch (owner
->type
)
7330 case bp_single_step
:
7334 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7335 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7337 case bp_exception_resume
:
7338 case bp_step_resume
:
7339 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7340 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7342 case bp_std_terminate
:
7343 case bp_shlib_event
:
7344 case bp_thread_event
:
7345 case bp_overlay_event
:
7347 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7348 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7349 case bp_exception_master
:
7350 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7351 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7353 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7354 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7356 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7357 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7358 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7360 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7361 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7362 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7363 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7368 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7369 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7370 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7373 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7379 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7381 static struct bp_location
*
7382 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7384 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7388 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7390 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7394 /* Increment reference count. */
7397 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7402 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7403 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7406 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7408 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7410 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7411 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7415 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7418 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7420 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7422 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7423 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7425 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7427 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7436 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7439 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7440 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7442 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7444 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7448 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7449 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7450 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7451 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7454 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7455 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7457 static struct breakpoint
*
7458 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7460 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7462 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7464 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7465 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
.get ());
7467 return b
.release ();
7470 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7471 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7475 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7477 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7479 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7480 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7481 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7484 const char *function_name
;
7485 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7487 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7488 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7490 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7492 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7494 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7495 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7496 &loc
->requested_address
))
7498 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7499 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7500 loc
->requested_address
,
7503 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7504 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7506 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7507 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7508 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7509 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7511 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7516 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7520 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7522 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7525 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7527 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7532 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7533 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7534 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7536 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7537 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7538 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7541 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7542 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7543 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7545 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7547 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7549 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7550 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7552 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7553 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7555 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7556 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7559 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7560 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7561 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7562 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7563 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7564 is also returned as the value of this function.
7566 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7567 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7568 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7569 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7570 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7571 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7572 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7575 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7576 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7577 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7579 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7581 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7582 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
.get ());
7584 return b
.release ();
7587 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7588 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7589 initiated the operation. */
7592 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7594 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7595 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7597 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7598 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7599 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7600 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7602 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7603 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7604 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7606 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7607 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7609 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7610 after their removal. */
7611 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7612 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7613 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7616 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7619 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7621 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7623 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7626 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7628 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7629 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7634 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7636 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7639 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7641 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7642 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7646 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7647 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7648 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7652 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7657 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7659 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7661 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7662 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7664 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7666 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7668 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7671 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7672 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7673 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7674 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7680 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7681 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7684 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7685 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7689 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7691 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7694 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7696 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7698 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7699 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7700 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7701 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7704 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7706 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7708 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7709 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7710 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7712 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7717 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7719 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7722 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7724 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7725 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7726 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7731 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7736 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7738 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7740 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7744 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7745 master breakpoint. */
7747 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7749 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7752 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7753 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7755 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7756 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7760 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7762 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7764 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7767 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7768 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7772 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7776 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7777 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7779 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7780 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7781 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7783 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7788 struct lang_and_radix
7794 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7797 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7799 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7800 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7803 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7806 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7808 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7811 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7812 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7813 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7817 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7819 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7822 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7823 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7827 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7830 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7832 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7834 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7835 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7836 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7837 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7840 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7841 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7842 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7844 static struct breakpoint
*
7845 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7846 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7850 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7851 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7852 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7857 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7859 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7862 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7865 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7867 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7869 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7871 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7872 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7874 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7880 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7881 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7884 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7886 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7890 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7891 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7893 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7894 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7895 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7896 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7897 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7898 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7899 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7900 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7901 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7902 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7903 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7904 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7907 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7912 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7913 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7914 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7917 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7919 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7920 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7924 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7925 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7927 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7928 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7929 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7930 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7931 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7932 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7933 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7934 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7935 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7937 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7938 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7939 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7940 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7943 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7946 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7949 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7950 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7953 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7958 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7959 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7960 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7963 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7965 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7967 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7970 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7971 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7972 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7973 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7974 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7975 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7976 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7977 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7978 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7979 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7981 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7982 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7988 int bp_modified
= 0;
7990 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7993 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7995 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7997 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7998 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8001 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8004 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8007 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8008 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8011 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8013 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8014 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8015 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8016 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8017 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8020 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8027 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8031 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8033 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8034 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8035 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8036 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8037 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8039 struct fork_catchpoint
8041 /* The base class. */
8042 struct breakpoint base
;
8044 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8045 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8046 catchpoint has triggered. */
8047 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8050 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8054 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8056 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8059 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8065 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8068 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8073 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8074 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8076 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8078 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8081 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8085 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8088 static enum print_stop_action
8089 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8091 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8092 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8093 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8095 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8096 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8097 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8098 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8100 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8101 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8103 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8104 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8106 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8107 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8108 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8109 uiout
->text ("), ");
8110 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8113 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8117 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8119 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8120 struct value_print_options opts
;
8121 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8123 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8125 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8126 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8128 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8129 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8131 uiout
->text ("fork");
8132 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8134 uiout
->text (", process ");
8135 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8139 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8140 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8143 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8147 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8149 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8152 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8156 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8158 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8159 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8162 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8164 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8166 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8170 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8172 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8175 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8179 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8181 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8184 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8188 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8189 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8190 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8192 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8194 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8197 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8201 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8204 static enum print_stop_action
8205 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8208 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8209 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8211 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8212 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8213 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8214 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8216 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8217 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8219 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8220 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8222 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8223 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8224 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8225 uiout
->text ("), ");
8226 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8229 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8233 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8235 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8236 struct value_print_options opts
;
8237 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8239 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8240 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8241 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8243 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8244 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8246 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8247 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8249 uiout
->text (", process ");
8250 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8254 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8255 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8258 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8262 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8264 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8267 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8271 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8274 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8279 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8281 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8282 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8283 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8284 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8285 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8287 struct solib_catchpoint
8289 /* The base class. */
8290 struct breakpoint base
;
8292 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8293 unsigned char is_load
;
8295 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8296 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8302 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8304 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8307 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8308 xfree (self
->regex
);
8310 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8314 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8320 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8326 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8327 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8329 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8331 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8332 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8334 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8339 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8341 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8344 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8347 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8350 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8352 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8361 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8363 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8364 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8369 struct so_list
*iter
;
8372 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8377 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8386 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8391 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8397 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8400 static enum print_stop_action
8401 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8403 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8404 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8406 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8407 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8408 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8409 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8411 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8412 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8414 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8415 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8416 print_solib_event (1);
8417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8421 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8423 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8424 struct value_print_options opts
;
8425 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8428 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8429 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8430 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8432 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8435 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8442 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8444 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8449 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8451 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8453 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8456 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8457 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8461 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8463 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8465 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8466 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8470 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8472 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8475 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8476 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8482 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8484 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8485 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8486 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8487 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8488 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8489 created in an enabled state. */
8492 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8494 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8495 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8496 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8500 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8502 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8503 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8509 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8512 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8514 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8515 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8517 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8520 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8521 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8522 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8524 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8526 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8527 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8530 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8534 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8535 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8538 const int enabled
= 1;
8540 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8542 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8546 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8547 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8549 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8553 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8554 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8556 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8559 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8560 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8561 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8562 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8565 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8566 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8567 const char *cond_string
,
8568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8570 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8573 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8575 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8577 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8578 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8582 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8584 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8585 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8586 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8587 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8590 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8593 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8597 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8598 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8599 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8601 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8603 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8605 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8607 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8610 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8612 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8613 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8614 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8615 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8616 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8618 struct exec_catchpoint
8620 /* The base class. */
8621 struct breakpoint base
;
8623 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8624 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8626 char *exec_pathname
;
8629 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8633 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8635 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8637 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8639 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8643 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8645 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8649 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8651 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8655 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8656 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8657 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8659 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8661 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8664 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8668 static enum print_stop_action
8669 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8671 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8672 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8673 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8675 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8676 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8677 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8678 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8680 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8681 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8683 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8684 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8686 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8687 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8688 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8689 uiout
->text ("), ");
8691 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8695 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8697 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8698 struct value_print_options opts
;
8699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8701 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8703 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8704 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8705 is relatively readable). */
8706 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8707 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8709 uiout
->text ("exec");
8710 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8712 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8713 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8714 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8717 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8718 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8722 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8724 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8727 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8731 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8734 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8737 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8740 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8744 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8748 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8749 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8751 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8753 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8760 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8764 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8767 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8769 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8772 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8774 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8776 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8782 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8783 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8784 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8785 types _not_ TYPE. */
8788 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8789 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8794 *other_type_used
= 0;
8799 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8802 if (b
->type
== type
)
8803 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8804 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8805 *other_type_used
= 1;
8812 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8818 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8820 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8821 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8827 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8833 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8835 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8836 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8842 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8844 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8849 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8851 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8852 breakpoint_re_set ();
8855 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8858 static struct breakpoint
*
8859 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8861 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8863 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8864 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8866 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8867 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8870 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8872 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8877 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8878 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8882 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8883 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8887 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8889 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8891 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8892 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8893 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8894 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8896 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8897 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8899 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8900 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8902 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8907 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8908 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8909 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8911 static struct breakpoint
*
8912 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8914 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8917 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8919 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8920 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8921 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8923 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8924 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8925 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8926 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8927 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8928 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8929 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8930 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8931 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8932 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8933 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8934 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8936 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8937 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8938 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8940 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8944 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8948 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8950 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8954 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8958 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8961 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8963 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8965 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8966 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8968 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8972 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8975 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8977 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8978 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8980 printf_filtered ("\n");
8984 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8986 static struct bp_location
*
8987 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8988 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8990 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8991 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8992 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8994 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8995 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8997 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8998 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8999 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9000 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9001 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9002 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9003 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9006 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9007 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9008 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9009 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9014 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9015 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9016 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9017 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9018 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9019 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9020 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9021 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9022 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9023 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9025 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9026 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9028 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9029 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9030 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9031 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9032 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9033 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9034 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9035 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9036 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9037 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9038 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9039 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9041 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9048 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9051 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9055 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9056 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9057 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9061 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9063 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9067 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9069 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9070 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9071 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9072 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9074 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9075 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9078 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9083 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9084 return 0 otherwise. */
9087 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9089 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9091 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9092 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9093 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9095 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9098 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9099 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9100 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9103 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9104 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9107 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9109 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9110 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9115 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9117 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9119 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9121 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9123 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9124 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9126 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9127 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9128 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9130 if (!dprintf_function
)
9131 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9133 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9134 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9139 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9143 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9145 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9146 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9149 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9150 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9154 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9155 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9157 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9158 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9160 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9162 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9163 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9164 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9165 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9166 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9168 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9172 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9173 current style settings. */
9176 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9177 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9179 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9183 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9184 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9188 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9189 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9190 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9191 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9194 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9195 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9196 event_location_up
&&location
,
9197 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9199 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9200 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9202 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9203 int display_canonical
)
9207 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9209 int target_resources_ok
;
9211 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9212 target_resources_ok
=
9213 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9215 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9216 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9217 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9218 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9221 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9223 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9225 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9226 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9230 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9232 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9234 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9235 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9240 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9244 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9245 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9246 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9247 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9248 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9250 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9251 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9253 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9255 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9256 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9258 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9260 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9261 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9263 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9267 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9269 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9271 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9272 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9274 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9276 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9278 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9280 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9281 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9283 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9285 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9288 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9289 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9296 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9297 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9303 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9305 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9306 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9308 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9311 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9312 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9313 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9315 if (b
->extra_string
)
9316 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9318 error (_("Format string required"));
9320 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9321 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9324 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9325 if (location
!= NULL
)
9326 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9328 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9333 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9334 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9335 event_location_up
&&location
,
9336 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9338 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9339 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9340 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9341 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9342 int display_canonical
)
9344 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9346 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9347 sals
, std::move (location
),
9348 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9350 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9352 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9355 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
.release (), 0);
9358 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9359 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9360 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9361 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9362 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9363 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9364 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9365 we take just a single condition string.
9367 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9368 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9369 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9370 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9371 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9374 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9375 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9376 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9377 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9378 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9379 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9380 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9383 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9385 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9386 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9388 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9390 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9391 'break', without arguments. */
9392 event_location_up location
9393 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9394 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9395 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9397 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9398 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9399 std::move (location
),
9401 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9403 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9404 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9405 canonical
->special_display
);
9409 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9410 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9411 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9412 linespec locations).
9414 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9415 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9418 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9419 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9421 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9423 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9425 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9427 if (address
== NULL
)
9429 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9430 breakpoint address. */
9431 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9433 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9434 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9437 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9438 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9440 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9441 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9442 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9443 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9444 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9445 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9447 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9449 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9450 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9451 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9452 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9453 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9455 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9457 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9458 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9459 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9461 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9465 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9469 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9470 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9471 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9472 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9474 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9475 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9476 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9477 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9479 const char *address
= NULL
;
9481 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9482 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9486 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9487 && address
[1] != '['))
9489 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9490 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9491 get_last_displayed_line (),
9492 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9497 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9498 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9502 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9503 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9506 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9510 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9511 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9514 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9515 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9516 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9517 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9518 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9522 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9523 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9526 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9530 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9532 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9534 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9536 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9537 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9538 associated with SAL. */
9541 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9542 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9545 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9546 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9548 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9552 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9553 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9554 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9555 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9556 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9557 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9560 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9561 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9564 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9571 const char *end_tok
;
9573 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9574 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9576 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9578 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9580 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9584 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9586 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9588 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9590 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9591 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9593 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9595 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9598 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9601 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9603 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9604 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9607 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9612 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9614 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9615 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9616 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9621 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9625 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9629 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9631 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9632 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9634 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9635 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9636 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9637 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9642 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9644 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9646 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9647 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9649 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9650 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9651 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9653 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9654 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9656 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9658 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9660 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9662 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9664 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9665 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9667 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9670 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9676 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9679 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9680 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9681 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9683 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9685 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9686 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9687 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9690 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9691 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9694 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9696 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9698 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9699 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9700 extra_string
= NULL
;
9704 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9706 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9708 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9710 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9712 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9715 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9716 throw_exception (e
);
9718 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9720 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9721 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9722 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9723 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9724 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9727 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9728 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9729 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9730 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9734 throw_exception (e
);
9738 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9741 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9742 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9743 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9744 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9745 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9747 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9748 are ok for the target. */
9752 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9754 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9755 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9758 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9759 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9762 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9764 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9765 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9768 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9769 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9776 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9778 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9780 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9781 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9782 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9783 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9785 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9786 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9788 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9790 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9792 extra_string
= rest
;
9794 extra_string
= NULL
;
9798 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9799 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9800 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9802 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9805 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9806 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9808 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9811 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9812 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9816 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9817 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9818 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9819 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9820 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9824 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9826 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9827 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9830 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9833 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9836 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9837 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9839 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9843 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9844 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9846 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9847 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9849 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9850 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9851 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9852 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9853 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9854 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9855 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9856 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9858 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
.release (), 0);
9861 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9863 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9864 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9865 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9868 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9870 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9872 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9873 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9878 /* Set a breakpoint.
9879 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9880 condition, and thread.
9881 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9882 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9886 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9888 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9889 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9890 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9892 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9894 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9896 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9897 if (location
!= NULL
9898 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9899 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9901 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9903 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9905 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9906 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9907 0 /* Ignore count */,
9908 pending_break_support
,
9916 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9919 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9923 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9925 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9926 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9927 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9930 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9931 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9932 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9933 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9936 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9938 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9939 const struct block
*b
;
9942 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9943 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9946 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9949 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9950 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9955 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9956 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9957 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9958 happen in assembly source). */
9960 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9961 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9963 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9965 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9972 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9974 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9978 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9980 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9984 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9986 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9990 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9992 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9996 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9998 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9999 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10000 stop at <line>\n"));
10004 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10008 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10010 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10012 char *argptr
= arg
;
10015 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10016 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10017 function/method name. */
10018 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10020 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10025 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10027 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10031 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10033 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10037 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10041 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10045 char *argptr
= arg
;
10048 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10049 it is probably a line number. */
10050 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10052 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10057 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10059 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10063 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10065 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10068 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10069 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10070 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10074 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10076 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10078 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10079 the next character must be ','. */
10082 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10083 error (_("Format string required"));
10086 /* Skip the comma. */
10091 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10093 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10095 0 /* Ignore count */,
10096 pending_break_support
,
10097 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10105 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10107 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10110 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10111 ranged breakpoints. */
10114 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10115 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10117 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10119 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10120 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10123 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10124 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10127 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10128 ranged breakpoints. */
10131 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10133 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10136 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10137 ranged breakpoints. */
10139 static enum print_stop_action
10140 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10142 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10143 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10144 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10146 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10148 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10149 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10151 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10153 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10155 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10156 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10158 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10159 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10161 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10162 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10163 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10165 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10166 uiout
->text (", ");
10168 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10171 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10172 ranged breakpoints. */
10175 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10176 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10178 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10179 struct value_print_options opts
;
10180 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10182 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10183 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10185 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10187 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10188 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10189 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10190 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10191 annotate_field (5);
10192 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10196 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10197 ranged breakpoints. */
10200 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10201 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10203 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10204 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10209 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10210 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10212 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10213 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10214 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10215 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10216 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10217 uiout
->text ("\n");
10220 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10221 ranged breakpoints. */
10224 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10226 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10227 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10230 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10232 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10235 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10236 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10237 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10240 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10241 ranged breakpoints. */
10244 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10246 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10247 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10248 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10249 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10254 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10256 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10257 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10258 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10259 last instruction of the given line. */
10262 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10266 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10267 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10268 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10275 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10277 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10279 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10286 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10289 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10291 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10292 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10293 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10295 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10296 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10297 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10298 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10300 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10301 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10302 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10304 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10305 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10306 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10308 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10309 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10311 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10312 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10313 error(_("No address range specified."));
10316 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10318 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10321 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10322 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10323 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10325 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10327 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10328 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10329 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10331 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10332 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10333 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10335 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10336 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10338 /* Parse the end location. */
10342 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10343 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10344 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10345 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10346 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10347 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10349 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10350 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10351 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10353 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10354 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10356 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10357 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10358 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10359 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10361 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10363 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10364 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10365 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10367 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10369 /* Length overflowed. */
10370 error (_("Address range too large."));
10371 else if (length
== 1)
10373 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10374 the `hbreak' command. */
10375 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10377 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10382 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10383 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10384 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10385 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10386 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10387 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10388 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10389 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10390 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10392 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10395 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10396 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10399 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10400 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10401 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10405 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10407 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10413 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10414 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10417 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10427 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10428 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10429 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10430 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10431 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10433 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10460 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10463 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10464 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10469 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10470 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10471 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10472 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10473 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10474 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10475 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10477 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10478 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10483 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10485 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10486 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10487 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10488 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10490 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10491 are always constant. */
10493 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10495 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10496 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10497 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10502 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10503 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10504 then it is not a constant. */
10513 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10516 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10518 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10520 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10521 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10522 value_free (w
->val
);
10524 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10527 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10530 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10532 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10534 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10535 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10537 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10538 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10539 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10540 are loaded and unloaded.
10542 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10543 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10544 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10545 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10546 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10547 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10549 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10550 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10551 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10552 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10554 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10555 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10557 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10558 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10559 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10562 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10565 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10567 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10568 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10570 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10571 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10574 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10577 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10579 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10580 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10582 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10583 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10587 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10588 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10589 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10591 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10592 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10594 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10595 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10596 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10597 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10598 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10599 (did not match the data address). */
10600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10601 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10608 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10610 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10612 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10615 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10616 hardware watchpoints. */
10619 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10621 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10622 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10624 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10627 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10628 hardware watchpoints. */
10631 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10633 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10634 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10637 static enum print_stop_action
10638 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10640 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10641 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10642 enum print_stop_action result
;
10643 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10644 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10646 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10648 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10649 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10651 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10653 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10654 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10660 case bp_watchpoint
:
10661 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10662 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10663 uiout
->field_string
10664 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10666 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10667 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10668 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10669 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10670 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10671 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10672 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10673 uiout
->text ("\n");
10674 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10675 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10678 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10679 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10680 uiout
->field_string
10681 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10684 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10685 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10686 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10687 uiout
->text ("\n");
10688 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10691 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10692 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10694 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10695 uiout
->field_string
10697 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10699 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10700 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10701 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10702 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10703 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10708 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10709 uiout
->field_string
10711 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10712 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10713 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10715 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10716 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10717 uiout
->text ("\n");
10718 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10721 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10724 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10728 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10732 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10734 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10735 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10736 const char *tuple_name
;
10740 case bp_watchpoint
:
10741 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10742 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10744 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10745 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10746 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10748 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10749 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10750 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10752 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10753 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10754 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10757 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10758 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10761 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10762 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10763 uiout
->text (": ");
10764 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10767 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10771 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10773 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10777 case bp_watchpoint
:
10778 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10781 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10784 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10788 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10789 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10792 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10793 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10796 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10800 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10802 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10803 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10804 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10810 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10812 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10814 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10815 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10818 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10820 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10822 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10823 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10826 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10827 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10830 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10832 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10834 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10835 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10838 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10839 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10842 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10844 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10846 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10849 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10850 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10853 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10858 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10859 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10861 static enum print_stop_action
10862 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10864 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10865 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10867 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10868 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10870 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10871 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10875 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10876 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10877 uiout
->field_string
10878 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10881 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10882 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10883 uiout
->field_string
10884 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10887 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10888 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10889 uiout
->field_string
10891 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10894 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10895 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10899 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10900 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10901 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10902 uiout
->text ("\n");
10904 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10905 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10908 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10909 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10912 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10913 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10915 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10917 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10918 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10920 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10921 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10922 uiout
->text ("\n");
10925 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10929 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10931 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10932 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10933 const char *tuple_name
;
10937 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10938 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10939 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10941 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10942 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10943 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10945 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10946 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10947 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10950 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10951 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10954 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10955 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10956 uiout
->text (": ");
10957 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10960 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10964 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10966 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10971 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10974 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10977 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10981 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10982 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10985 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10987 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10990 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10992 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10994 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10997 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10999 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11002 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11003 hw_read: watch read,
11004 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11006 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11007 int just_location
, int internal
)
11009 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11010 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11011 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11012 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11013 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11014 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11015 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11017 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11018 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11019 enum bptype bp_type
;
11022 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11023 the hardware watchpoint. */
11025 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11026 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11028 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11030 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11031 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11033 const char *value_start
;
11035 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11037 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11038 of the arguments string. */
11039 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11041 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11042 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11045 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11046 This is the value of the parameter. */
11047 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11049 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11051 /* Skip whitespace. */
11052 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11057 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11058 This is the parameter itself. */
11059 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11062 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11064 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11066 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11067 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11068 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11069 only in a specific thread. */
11073 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11075 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11076 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11078 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11079 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11080 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11082 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11084 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11086 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11087 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11089 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11092 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11094 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11096 mark
= value_mark ();
11097 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11098 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11099 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11102 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11105 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11106 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11113 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11114 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11116 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11117 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11118 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11119 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11120 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11122 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11123 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11125 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11128 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11129 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11133 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11134 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11136 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11139 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11140 mark
= value_mark ();
11141 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11143 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11145 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11146 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11153 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11154 val
= value_addr (result
);
11155 release_value (val
);
11156 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11160 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11163 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11164 else if (ret
== -2)
11165 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11168 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11169 release_value (val
);
11171 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11172 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11174 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11175 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11177 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11178 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11179 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11181 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11182 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11183 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11188 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11190 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11192 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11194 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11196 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11197 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11198 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11199 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11200 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11202 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11204 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11206 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11207 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11210 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11211 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11212 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11214 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11217 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11219 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11220 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11222 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11223 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11225 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11226 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11227 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11228 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11229 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11230 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11231 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11235 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11236 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11237 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11238 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11240 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11241 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11242 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11243 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11245 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11247 w
= new watchpoint ();
11250 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11251 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11253 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11254 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11255 b
->thread
= thread
;
11256 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11257 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11258 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11259 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11260 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11263 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11264 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11266 w
->exp_string_reparse
11267 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11269 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11270 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11273 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11277 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11282 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11283 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11288 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11290 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11292 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11294 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11295 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11299 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11300 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11303 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11305 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11306 need to act on them together. */
11307 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11308 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11311 if (!just_location
)
11312 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11316 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11317 that should be inserted. */
11318 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11320 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11323 throw_exception (e
);
11327 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11328 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11331 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11332 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11335 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11337 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11338 struct value
*head
= v
;
11340 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11341 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11344 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11345 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11346 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11347 hardware watchpoint.
11349 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11350 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11351 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11352 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11353 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11354 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11355 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11356 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11357 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11359 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11360 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11361 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11362 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11363 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11365 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11367 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11368 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11369 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11370 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11371 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11372 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11376 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11377 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11378 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11380 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11381 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11382 middle of some value chain. */
11384 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11385 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11387 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11391 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11392 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11393 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11395 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11399 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11403 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11404 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11405 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11406 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11407 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11410 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11411 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11412 return found_memory_cnt
;
11416 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11418 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11421 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11422 calls watch_command_1. */
11425 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11427 int just_location
= 0;
11430 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11431 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11433 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11437 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11441 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11443 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11447 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11449 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11453 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11455 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11459 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11461 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11465 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11467 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11471 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11472 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11475 struct until_break_fsm
11477 /* The base class. */
11478 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11480 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11483 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11484 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11486 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11488 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11491 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11492 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11493 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11494 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11495 static enum async_reply_reason
11496 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11498 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11500 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11503 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11504 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11505 NULL
, /* return_value */
11506 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11509 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11511 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11512 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11513 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11514 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11516 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11518 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11519 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11521 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11522 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11523 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11528 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11529 until(location)/advance commands. */
11532 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11533 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11535 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11537 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11538 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11539 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11540 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11541 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11542 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11547 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11548 until(location)/advance commands. */
11551 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11552 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11554 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11556 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11557 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11559 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11560 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11562 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11564 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11565 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11567 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11570 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11571 until(location)/advance commands. */
11573 static enum async_reply_reason
11574 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11576 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11580 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11582 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11583 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11584 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11585 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11586 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11587 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11588 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11589 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11590 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11592 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11593 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11595 clear_proceed_status (0);
11597 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11600 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11602 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11603 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11604 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11605 get_last_displayed_line ());
11607 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11608 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11610 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11611 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11613 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11614 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11617 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11619 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11621 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11622 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11624 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11626 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11627 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11628 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11631 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11632 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11633 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11634 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11636 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11639 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11641 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11642 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11644 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11645 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11646 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11647 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11651 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11653 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11654 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11657 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11661 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11662 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11663 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11664 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11666 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11667 only at the very same frame. */
11668 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11669 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11670 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11672 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11673 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11674 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11676 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11678 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11681 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11682 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11684 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11685 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11686 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11687 if clause in the arg string. */
11690 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11692 const char *cond_string
;
11694 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11697 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11700 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11701 condition string. */
11702 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11703 cond_string
= *arg
;
11705 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11707 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11709 return cond_string
;
11712 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11713 process start/exit, etc. */
11717 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11718 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11723 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11724 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11726 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11727 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11728 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11729 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11732 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11733 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11734 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11738 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11740 /* The allowed syntax is:
11742 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11744 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11745 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11747 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11748 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11750 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11751 and enable reporting of such events. */
11754 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11755 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11756 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11757 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11759 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11760 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11761 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11762 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11765 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11771 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11772 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11774 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11775 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11776 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11778 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11780 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11784 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11786 /* The allowed syntax is:
11788 catch exec if <cond>
11790 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11791 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11793 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11794 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11796 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11797 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11798 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11799 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11801 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11805 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11806 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11807 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11809 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11816 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11818 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11820 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11821 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11822 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11823 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11824 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11825 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11826 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11827 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11828 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11829 enough for now, though. */
11832 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11834 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11835 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11836 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11837 language_def (language_ada
));
11838 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11842 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11844 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11849 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11851 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11854 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11857 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11859 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11860 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11861 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11862 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11864 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11866 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11869 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11873 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11876 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11879 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11881 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11882 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11886 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11888 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11892 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11893 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11894 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11895 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11900 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11901 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11902 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11904 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11905 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11906 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11907 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11908 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11909 error (_("No source file specified."));
11911 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11917 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11918 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11919 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11920 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11922 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11923 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11924 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11925 due to optimization, all in one block.
11927 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11928 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11929 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11930 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11931 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11932 to support that. */
11934 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11935 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11936 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11940 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11941 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11943 const char *sal_fullname
;
11945 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11946 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11947 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11950 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11955 1 0 <can't happen> */
11957 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11958 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11959 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11961 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11965 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11966 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11968 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11969 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11971 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11972 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11973 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11975 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11976 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11977 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11978 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11979 int line_match
= 0;
11981 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11982 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11983 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11984 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11985 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11986 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11987 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11990 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11999 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12003 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12004 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12007 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12009 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12012 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12013 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12014 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12015 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12016 compare_breakpoints
);
12017 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12018 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12022 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12027 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12028 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12031 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12032 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12034 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12037 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12040 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12041 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12044 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12046 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12049 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12050 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12051 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12054 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12056 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12058 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12059 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12060 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12062 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12066 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12067 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12071 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12072 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12073 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12074 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12075 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12076 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12079 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12081 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12082 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12084 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12085 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12087 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12088 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12091 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12092 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12093 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12095 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12096 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12097 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12099 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12100 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12101 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12103 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12104 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12105 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12107 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12110 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12111 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12112 content of the bp_locations array. */
12115 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12117 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12119 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12120 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12122 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12124 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12126 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12129 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12130 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12132 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12133 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12134 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12135 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12137 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12139 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12140 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12141 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12142 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12146 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12149 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12152 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12154 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12156 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12158 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12159 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12160 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12162 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12163 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12164 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12167 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12169 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12170 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12172 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12175 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12178 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12180 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12181 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12182 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12183 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12186 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12188 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12191 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12193 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12194 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12195 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12196 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12200 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12203 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12205 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12206 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12207 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12208 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12210 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12211 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12212 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12213 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12214 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12216 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12217 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12218 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12219 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12220 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12221 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12222 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12223 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12226 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12227 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12228 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12232 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12234 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12235 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12236 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12239 address
= bl
->address
;
12240 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12242 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12243 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12244 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12246 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12247 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12250 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12251 the same program space as the location
12252 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12253 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12258 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12259 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12262 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12263 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12264 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12265 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12266 that have already been marked. */
12267 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12269 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12271 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12274 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12275 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12276 locations are duplicate of which.
12278 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12279 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12283 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12286 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12287 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12288 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12289 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12290 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12291 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12293 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12294 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12295 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12296 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12297 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12299 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12300 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12301 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12302 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12304 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12305 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12306 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12307 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12309 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12310 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12311 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12312 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12313 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12316 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12317 bp_locations_count
++;
12319 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12320 locp
= bp_locations
;
12321 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12322 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12324 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12325 bp_locations_compare
);
12327 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12329 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12330 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12331 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12332 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12333 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12336 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12337 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12339 locp
= bp_locations
;
12340 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12341 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12344 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12345 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12347 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12348 not, we have to free it. */
12349 int found_object
= 0;
12350 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12351 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12354 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12355 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12356 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12357 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12361 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12362 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12365 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12366 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12367 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12369 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12370 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12371 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12373 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12374 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12377 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12381 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12382 have to go through updates again. */
12383 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12385 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12387 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12389 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12390 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12391 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12392 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12393 at certain location is not inserted. */
12395 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12397 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12400 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12402 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12403 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12404 keep_in_target
= 1;
12408 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12409 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12410 remove its target-side condition. */
12412 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12413 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12414 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12415 this one from the target. */
12417 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12418 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12421 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12422 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12425 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12427 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12429 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12430 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12431 supported, but the latter are. */
12432 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12434 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12435 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12438 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12439 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12441 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12442 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12444 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12445 keep_in_target
= 1;
12453 if (!keep_in_target
)
12455 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12457 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12458 this location on the global list, and try to
12459 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12460 reason why we will succeed next time.
12462 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12463 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12464 only after calling us. */
12465 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12466 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12467 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12475 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12476 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12478 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12479 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12480 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12481 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12482 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12483 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12484 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12485 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12486 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12487 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12488 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12489 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12490 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12491 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12494 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12495 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12497 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12498 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12499 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12500 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12501 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12502 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12503 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12504 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12505 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12506 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12507 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12508 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12509 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12512 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12513 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12514 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12515 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12517 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12518 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12519 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12520 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12521 traps we can no longer explain. */
12523 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12524 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12526 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12530 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12531 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12536 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12537 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12538 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12539 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12540 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12541 are sorted first for the same address.
12543 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12544 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12546 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12547 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12548 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12549 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12550 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12552 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12554 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12557 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12558 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12559 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12560 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12561 `struct bp_location'. */
12562 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12564 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12565 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12569 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12570 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12571 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12572 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12573 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12574 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12576 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12578 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12579 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12580 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12582 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12583 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12585 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12587 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12588 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12589 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12595 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12596 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12597 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12599 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12600 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12602 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12603 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12606 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12608 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12609 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12612 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12613 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12614 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12615 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12616 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12618 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12622 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12623 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12625 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12629 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12631 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12634 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12635 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12637 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12638 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12644 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12649 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12651 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12657 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12660 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12664 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12665 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12667 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12668 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12669 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12673 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12675 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12677 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12683 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12687 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12689 struct value_print_options opts
;
12691 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12693 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12695 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12697 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12698 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12699 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12700 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12702 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12703 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12705 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12707 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12708 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12713 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12714 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12720 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12722 printf_filtered (" at ");
12723 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12726 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12728 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12730 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12731 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12732 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12733 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12735 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12736 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12737 real situation somewhat. */
12738 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12739 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12744 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12746 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12748 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12753 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12756 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12758 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12761 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12766 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12770 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12772 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12773 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12774 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12775 xfree (self
->filter
);
12778 static struct bp_location
*
12779 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12781 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12785 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12787 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12790 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12791 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12794 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12796 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12800 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12801 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12807 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12808 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12810 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12816 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12821 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12825 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12827 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12834 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12836 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12839 static enum print_stop_action
12840 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12842 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12847 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12853 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12859 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12866 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12867 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12868 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12870 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12874 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12875 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12877 char *extra_string
,
12878 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12879 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12881 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12882 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12883 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12884 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12886 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12890 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12891 const struct event_location
*location
,
12892 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12893 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12895 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12898 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12901 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12906 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12909 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12911 /* Nothing to do. */
12914 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12916 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12917 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12918 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12919 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12920 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12921 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12922 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12923 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12924 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12925 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12927 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12928 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12929 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12930 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12931 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12932 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12933 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12934 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12937 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12940 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12942 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12943 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12945 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12946 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12950 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12954 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12956 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12958 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12959 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12961 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12962 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12964 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12968 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12970 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12971 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12973 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12977 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12978 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12979 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12981 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12982 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12985 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12989 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12990 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12991 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12998 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12999 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13000 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13002 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13003 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13005 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13006 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13007 be set at the same address. */
13011 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13015 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13017 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13022 static enum print_stop_action
13023 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13026 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13028 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13030 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13032 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13033 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13035 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13036 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13037 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13040 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13041 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13044 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13046 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13047 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13049 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13050 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13051 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13053 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13054 uiout
->text (", ");
13056 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13060 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13062 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13067 case bp_breakpoint
:
13068 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13069 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13070 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13072 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13073 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13074 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13075 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13077 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13078 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13081 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13089 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13091 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13093 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13095 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13096 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13098 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13101 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13102 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13105 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
13107 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13108 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13109 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13112 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13116 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13118 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13120 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13124 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13125 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13127 char *extra_string
,
13128 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13129 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13131 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13133 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13134 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13136 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13137 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13139 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13140 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13141 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13145 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13146 const struct event_location
*location
,
13147 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13148 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13150 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13153 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13156 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13160 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13161 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13162 case bp_overlay_event
:
13163 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13164 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13165 case bp_exception_master
:
13166 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13169 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13170 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13171 case bp_shlib_event
:
13173 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13174 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13175 case bp_thread_event
:
13181 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13183 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13185 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13186 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13187 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13188 objects (among other things). */
13189 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13190 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13196 static enum print_stop_action
13197 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13199 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13201 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13205 case bp_shlib_event
:
13206 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13207 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13208 to shlib event" message.) */
13209 print_solib_event (0);
13212 case bp_thread_event
:
13213 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13214 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13215 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13218 case bp_overlay_event
:
13219 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13220 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13223 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13224 /* These should never be enabled. */
13225 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13228 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13229 /* These should never be enabled. */
13230 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13231 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13234 case bp_exception_master
:
13235 /* These should never be enabled. */
13236 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13237 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13241 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13245 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13247 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13250 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13253 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13255 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13256 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13257 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13258 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13262 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13264 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13267 static enum print_stop_action
13268 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13270 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13274 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13276 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13279 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13281 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13282 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13285 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13287 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13290 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13292 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13295 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13298 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13300 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13304 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13306 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13307 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13316 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13317 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13319 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13320 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13321 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13325 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13329 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13330 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13331 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13333 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13335 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13337 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13338 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13342 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13343 const struct event_location
*location
,
13344 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13345 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13347 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13349 error (_("probe not found"));
13352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13355 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13357 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13361 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13362 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13363 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13365 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13371 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13372 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13374 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13375 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13377 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13379 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13380 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13381 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13382 uiout
->text ("\n");
13387 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13389 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13394 case bp_tracepoint
:
13395 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13396 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13398 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13399 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13400 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13402 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13403 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13407 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13408 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13415 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13417 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13419 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13421 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13423 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13426 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13427 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13430 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13431 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13433 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13438 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13440 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13442 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13446 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13447 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13449 char *extra_string
,
13450 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13451 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13453 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13455 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13456 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13458 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13459 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13461 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13462 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13463 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13467 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13468 const struct event_location
*location
,
13469 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13470 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13472 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13475 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13477 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13481 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13482 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13483 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13484 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13486 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13487 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13491 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13492 const struct event_location
*location
,
13493 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13494 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13496 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13497 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13500 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13502 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13505 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13507 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13509 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13510 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13512 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13513 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13514 3 - disconnect from target 1
13515 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13517 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13518 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13519 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13520 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13521 it all the time. */
13522 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13523 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13526 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13529 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13531 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13532 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13534 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13537 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13540 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13541 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13542 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13543 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13544 address are all handled. */
13547 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13549 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13550 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13551 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13553 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13554 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13555 condition not be evaluated. */
13558 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13559 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13560 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13561 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13562 commands here throws. */
13563 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13564 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13565 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13567 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13569 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13570 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13572 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13575 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13579 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13580 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13581 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13583 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13584 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13586 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13588 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13589 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13591 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13592 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13593 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13594 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13597 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13598 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13602 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13603 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13605 char *extra_string
,
13606 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13607 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13609 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13610 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13611 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13612 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13615 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13616 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13618 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13619 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13620 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13621 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13622 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13623 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13625 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13627 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13628 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13629 event_location_up location
;
13631 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13632 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13634 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13636 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13637 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13638 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13639 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13640 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13641 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13642 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13643 canonical
->special_display
);
13644 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13645 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13646 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13647 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13648 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13649 corresponds to this one */
13650 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13652 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13657 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13658 const struct event_location
*location
,
13659 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13660 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13662 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13663 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13665 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13666 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13668 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13672 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13675 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13678 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13680 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13683 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13687 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13689 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13691 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13693 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13694 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13697 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13698 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13699 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13700 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13701 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13704 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13705 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13706 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13707 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13709 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13712 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13713 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13714 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13716 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13717 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13719 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13720 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13721 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13722 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13726 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13728 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13729 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13730 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13731 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13732 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13735 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13736 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13737 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13738 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13740 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13742 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13743 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13746 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13748 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13752 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13754 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13755 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13756 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13757 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13758 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13759 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13760 commands won't work. */
13762 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13764 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13765 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13766 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13767 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13768 might be better design to have location completely
13769 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13770 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13772 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13773 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13774 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13775 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13780 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13782 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13786 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13788 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13791 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13792 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13795 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13796 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13800 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13805 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13807 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13808 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13810 if (next
== related
)
13812 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13813 function (related
, data
);
13815 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13816 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13821 function (related
, data
);
13825 while (related
!= b
);
13829 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13834 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13835 delete_breakpoint. */
13838 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13840 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13844 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13846 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13852 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13854 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13855 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13856 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13858 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13860 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13864 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13866 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13869 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13870 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13874 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13877 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13878 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13882 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13884 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13886 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13887 if ((pspace
== NULL
13888 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13889 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13890 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13895 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13896 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13897 Null names are ignored. */
13900 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13902 struct bp_location
*l
;
13903 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13904 (int (*) (const void *,
13905 const void *)) streq
,
13906 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13908 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13911 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13913 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13917 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13919 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13923 htab_delete (htab
);
13929 htab_delete (htab
);
13933 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13934 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13935 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13936 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13937 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13938 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13939 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13940 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13943 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13944 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13945 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13946 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13947 in the sources, and output a warning.
13949 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13950 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13951 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13952 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13953 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13956 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13957 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13958 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13959 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13960 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13961 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13962 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13963 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13964 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13966 static struct symtab_and_line
13967 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13969 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13970 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13975 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13977 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13979 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13980 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13982 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13984 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13985 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13986 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13991 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13993 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13995 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13996 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13998 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14001 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14003 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14005 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14006 struct symbol
*sym
;
14007 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14008 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14009 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14011 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14013 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14014 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14016 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14017 "found at previous line number"),
14018 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14022 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14024 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14025 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14026 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14029 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14030 uiout
->text (" at ");
14032 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14033 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14036 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14038 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14040 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14043 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14044 uiout
->text ("\n");
14046 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14047 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14049 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
14050 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14051 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14052 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14053 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14054 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14055 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14057 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14060 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14066 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14067 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14070 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14074 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14077 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14080 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14087 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14093 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14094 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14095 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14097 static struct bp_location
*
14098 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14100 struct bp_location head
;
14101 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14102 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14103 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14105 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14116 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14131 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14132 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14133 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14134 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14138 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14139 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14140 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14144 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14146 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14148 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14150 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14151 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14152 "multiple locations found\n"),
14157 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14158 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14159 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14160 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14161 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14162 individual locations. */
14163 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14166 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14168 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14170 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14172 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14174 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14176 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14178 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14182 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14185 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14186 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14189 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14191 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14192 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14193 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14194 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14199 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14201 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14203 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14207 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14210 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14211 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14212 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14213 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14214 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14215 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14216 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14218 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14220 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14222 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14223 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14225 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14226 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14234 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14235 if (l
->function_name
14236 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14246 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14250 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14251 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14253 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14254 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14255 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14257 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14258 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14260 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14264 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14266 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14268 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14272 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14273 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14274 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14275 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14276 state, then user already saw the message about that
14277 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14279 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14280 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14282 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14283 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14284 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14285 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14286 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14287 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14289 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14291 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14292 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14293 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14294 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14295 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14296 which approach is better. */
14297 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14298 throw_exception (e
);
14303 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14307 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14308 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14309 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14311 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14314 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14315 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14317 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14319 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14320 b
->thread
= thread
;
14324 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14325 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14327 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14330 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14331 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14341 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14342 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14346 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14349 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14350 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14351 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14352 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14354 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (), filter_pspace
, &found
);
14357 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14361 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14363 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14364 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14367 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14368 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14372 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14375 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14376 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14379 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14380 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14381 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14383 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14386 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14387 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14391 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14392 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14394 char *extra_string
,
14395 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14396 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14398 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14399 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14400 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14401 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14403 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14405 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14406 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14407 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14410 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14411 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14414 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14415 const struct event_location
*location
,
14416 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14417 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14419 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14421 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14422 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14423 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14426 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14427 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14429 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14431 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14433 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14434 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14435 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14437 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14441 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14443 static struct cleanup
*
14444 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14446 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14447 set_language (b
->language
);
14449 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14452 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14453 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14454 Unused in this case. */
14457 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14459 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14460 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14461 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14463 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14464 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14465 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14469 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14470 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14473 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14476 enum language save_language
;
14477 int save_input_radix
;
14479 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14480 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14483 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14485 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14486 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14487 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14488 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14492 /* Format possible error msg. */
14493 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14495 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14496 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14497 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14499 set_language (save_language
);
14500 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14502 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14505 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14506 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14507 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14508 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14510 /* Now we can insert. */
14511 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14514 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14516 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14517 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14519 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14521 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14523 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14524 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14526 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14527 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14528 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14530 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14534 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14535 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14536 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14539 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14547 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14549 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14551 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14552 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14557 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14561 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14562 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14564 else if (count
== 1)
14565 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14568 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14569 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14572 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14576 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14579 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14582 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14588 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14590 num
= get_number (&p
);
14592 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14594 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14596 set_ignore_count (num
,
14597 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14600 printf_filtered ("\n");
14603 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14604 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14607 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14608 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14613 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14615 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14616 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14618 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14620 while (!parser
.finished ())
14622 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14623 bool match
= false;
14625 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14628 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14633 if (b
->number
== num
)
14636 function (b
, data
);
14640 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14645 static struct bp_location
*
14646 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14648 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14658 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14660 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14663 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14668 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14669 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14672 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14674 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14678 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14681 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14687 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14688 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14689 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14692 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14694 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14695 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14696 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14697 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14700 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14702 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14703 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14705 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14706 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14708 struct bp_location
*location
;
14710 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14711 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14716 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14719 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14722 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14724 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14727 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14728 disable_breakpoint. */
14731 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14733 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14737 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14741 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14744 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14745 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14749 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14753 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14755 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14762 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14764 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14765 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14766 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14767 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14769 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14772 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14773 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14779 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14782 int target_resources_ok
;
14784 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14787 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14788 target_resources_ok
=
14789 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14791 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14792 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14793 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14794 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14797 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14799 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14800 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14804 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14806 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14807 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14808 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14810 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14812 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14813 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14820 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14822 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14823 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14825 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14826 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14828 struct bp_location
*location
;
14830 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14831 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14834 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14835 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14836 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14843 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14845 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14849 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14851 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14854 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14855 enable_breakpoint. */
14858 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14860 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14863 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14864 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14865 in stopping the inferior. */
14868 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14872 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14875 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14876 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14880 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14884 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14886 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14893 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14895 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14896 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14897 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14898 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14900 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14903 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14904 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14909 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14919 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14921 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14923 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14927 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14929 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14931 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14935 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14937 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14941 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14943 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14945 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14949 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14954 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14956 count
= get_number (&args
);
14958 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14962 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14964 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14966 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14970 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14972 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14976 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14981 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14985 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14986 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14990 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14991 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14992 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14994 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14996 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14997 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14998 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15000 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15002 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15004 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15006 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15007 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15008 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15009 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15011 value_free (wp
->val
);
15019 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15022 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15023 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15026 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15027 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15028 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15030 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15032 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15033 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15036 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15038 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15039 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15040 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15042 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15045 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15048 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15050 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15051 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
15053 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15055 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
15057 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15058 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15060 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
15061 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15069 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15072 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15073 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15076 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15078 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15080 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15086 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15090 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15093 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15097 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15098 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15104 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15106 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15108 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15110 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15111 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15115 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15117 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15119 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15121 if (location
!= NULL
15122 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15123 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15125 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15127 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15129 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15131 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15132 0 /* Ignore count */,
15133 pending_break_support
,
15137 0 /* internal */, 0);
15141 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15143 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15145 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15147 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15149 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15150 0 /* Ignore count */,
15151 pending_break_support
,
15152 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15155 0 /* internal */, 0);
15158 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15161 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15163 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15164 event_location_up location
;
15165 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15167 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15168 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15169 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15171 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15172 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15176 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15177 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15180 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15182 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15184 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15185 0 /* Ignore count */,
15186 pending_break_support
,
15190 0 /* internal */, 0);
15193 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15194 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15196 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15197 static int next_cmd
;
15200 read_uploaded_action (void)
15204 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15211 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15212 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15213 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15214 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15215 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15217 struct tracepoint
*
15218 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15220 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15221 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15223 if (utp
->at_string
)
15224 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15227 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15228 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15229 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15231 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15232 "source location, using raw address"),
15234 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15235 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15238 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15239 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15240 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15241 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15244 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15246 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15248 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15249 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15251 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15252 0 /* Ignore count */,
15253 pending_break_support
,
15254 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15256 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15258 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15261 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15262 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15263 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15267 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15270 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15273 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15274 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15275 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15277 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15279 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15284 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15286 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15288 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15289 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15290 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15291 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15294 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15295 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15296 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15301 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15305 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15310 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15312 if (num_printed
== 0)
15314 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15315 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15317 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15320 default_collect_info ();
15323 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15324 Not supported by all targets. */
15326 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15328 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15331 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15332 Not supported by all targets. */
15334 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15336 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15339 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15341 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15343 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15349 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15351 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15352 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15353 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15355 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15356 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15358 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15362 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15364 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15367 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15368 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15372 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15375 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15378 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15380 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15381 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15383 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15384 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15387 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15389 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15390 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15391 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15394 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15396 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15397 unsigned int count
;
15399 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15400 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15401 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15403 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15405 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15406 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15410 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15412 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15414 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15416 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15417 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15420 else if (*args
== '\0')
15422 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15424 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15428 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15429 while (!parser
.finished ())
15431 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15433 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15438 struct tracepoint
*
15439 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15441 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15443 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15444 if (t
->number
== num
)
15445 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15450 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15451 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15454 struct tracepoint
*
15455 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15459 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15461 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15463 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15470 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15471 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15472 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15473 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15475 struct tracepoint
*
15476 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15477 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15479 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15481 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15483 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15485 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15486 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15488 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15489 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15491 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15495 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15496 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15499 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15503 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15504 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15506 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15509 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15514 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15516 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15525 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15526 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15527 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15531 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15532 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15534 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15536 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15537 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15539 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15540 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15542 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15545 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15546 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15549 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15550 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15555 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15557 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15559 /* We can stop searching. */
15566 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15570 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15571 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15575 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15576 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15577 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15579 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15580 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15584 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15585 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15588 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15589 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15592 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15594 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15595 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15598 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15599 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15601 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15602 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15604 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15606 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15608 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15611 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15613 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15615 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15616 throw_exception (ex
);
15620 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15621 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15624 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15625 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15627 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15628 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15629 special, and not user visible. */
15630 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15632 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15635 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15637 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15641 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15642 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15645 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15646 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15649 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15652 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15654 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15657 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15660 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15662 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15665 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15667 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15668 all_tracepoints (void)
15670 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15671 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15673 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15675 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15682 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15683 locations used by several commands. */
15685 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15686 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15687 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15688 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15689 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15690 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15692 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15693 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15694 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15696 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15697 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15698 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15699 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15700 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15702 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15703 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15704 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15707 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15708 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15709 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15710 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15711 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15712 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15713 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15716 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15717 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15719 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15720 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15721 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15722 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15723 conditions are different.\n\
15725 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15727 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15728 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15730 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15731 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15734 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15735 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15736 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15737 void *user_data_catch
,
15738 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15740 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15742 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15744 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15745 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15746 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15748 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15750 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15751 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15752 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15756 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15758 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15759 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15760 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15763 struct breakpoint
*
15764 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15771 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15778 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15779 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15782 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15784 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15785 non-inline function. */
15786 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15792 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15793 have been inlined. */
15796 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15797 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15800 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15804 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15807 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15809 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15810 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15818 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15821 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15823 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15826 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15827 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15831 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15833 static int initialized
= 0;
15835 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15841 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15842 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15843 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15844 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15847 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15848 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15849 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15850 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15851 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15852 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15854 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15855 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15858 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15859 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15860 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15861 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15863 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15864 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15865 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15867 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15868 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15869 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15870 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15871 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15872 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15874 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15875 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15878 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15879 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15880 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15882 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15883 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15885 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15886 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15887 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15888 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15890 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15891 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15895 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15896 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15897 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15898 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15899 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15900 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15901 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15904 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15907 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15908 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15909 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15911 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15912 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15913 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15914 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15915 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15916 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15917 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15919 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15920 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15921 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15922 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15923 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15924 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15925 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15926 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15927 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15928 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15929 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15932 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15933 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15934 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15935 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15936 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15937 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15938 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15939 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15940 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15941 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15943 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15944 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15947 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15949 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15950 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15951 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15952 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15953 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15954 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15956 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15957 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15958 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15959 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15960 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15961 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15962 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15963 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15964 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15965 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15967 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15968 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15971 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15972 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15973 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15974 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15975 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15976 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15978 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15979 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15981 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15982 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15983 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15984 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15985 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15986 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15987 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15988 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15990 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15991 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15993 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15994 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15995 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15996 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15997 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15998 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15999 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16000 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16001 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16003 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16004 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16006 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16007 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16008 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16009 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16010 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16011 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16014 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16016 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16019 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16021 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16023 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16025 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16026 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16027 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16029 breakpoint_objfile_key
16030 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16032 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16034 before a breakpoint is set. */
16035 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16037 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16043 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16044 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16045 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16046 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16054 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16058 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16060 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16061 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16062 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16063 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16064 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16069 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16070 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16072 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16077 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16078 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16080 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16091 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16095 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16096 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16097 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16098 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16100 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16102 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16103 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16104 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16107 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16108 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16109 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16112 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16115 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16119 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16123 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16124 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16125 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16128 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16129 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16130 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16131 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16134 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16135 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16136 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16137 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16138 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16139 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16140 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16141 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16158 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16162 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16163 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16166 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16169 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16170 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16171 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16173 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16174 is executing in.\n"
16175 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16176 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16177 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16179 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16180 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16181 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16184 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16185 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16186 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16187 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16191 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16192 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16193 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16194 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16195 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16196 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16197 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16198 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16199 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16200 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16201 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16202 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16203 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16204 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16205 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16206 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16208 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16209 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16210 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16211 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16212 breakpoint set."));
16215 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16216 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16217 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16218 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16219 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16220 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16221 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16222 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16223 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16225 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16226 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16227 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16228 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229 breakpoint set."));
16231 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16233 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16234 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16235 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16236 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16237 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16238 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16239 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16240 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16241 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16242 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16243 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16244 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16245 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16247 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16248 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16249 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16250 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16252 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16254 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16255 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16256 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16257 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16259 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16260 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16261 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16262 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16264 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16265 catch_fork_command_1
,
16267 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16268 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16269 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16270 catch_fork_command_1
,
16272 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16273 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16274 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16275 catch_exec_command_1
,
16279 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16280 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16281 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16282 catch_load_command_1
,
16286 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16287 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16288 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16289 catch_unload_command_1
,
16294 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16295 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16296 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16297 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16298 an expression changes.\n\
16299 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16300 the memory to which it refers."));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16303 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16304 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16305 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16306 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16307 an expression is read.\n\
16308 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16309 the memory to which it refers."));
16310 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16312 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16313 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16314 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16315 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16316 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16317 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16318 the memory to which it refers."));
16319 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16321 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16322 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16324 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16325 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16326 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16327 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16328 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16329 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16330 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16331 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16332 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16335 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16336 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16338 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16340 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16342 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16343 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16345 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16346 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16347 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16349 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16350 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16351 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16352 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16354 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16355 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16357 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16358 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16359 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16361 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16362 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16364 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16365 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16366 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16367 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16368 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16369 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16370 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16371 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16372 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16374 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16375 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16376 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16377 conditions are different.\n\
16379 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16380 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16381 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16383 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16384 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16385 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16386 last tracepoint set."));
16388 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16390 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16391 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16392 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16393 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16395 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16397 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16398 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16399 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16400 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16402 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16404 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16405 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16406 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16407 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16409 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16411 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16412 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16413 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16414 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16415 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16417 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16418 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16419 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16420 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16422 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16423 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16424 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16425 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16426 session to restore them."),
16428 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16430 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16431 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16432 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16434 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16436 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16437 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16439 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16440 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16441 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16442 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16443 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16444 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16445 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16446 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16447 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16448 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16449 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16450 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16452 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16453 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16454 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16455 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16456 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16457 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16458 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16459 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16461 show_pending_break_support
,
16462 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16463 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16465 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16467 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16468 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16469 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16470 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16471 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16472 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16473 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16475 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16476 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16477 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16479 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16480 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16481 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16482 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16483 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16484 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16485 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16486 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16487 when execution stops."),
16489 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16490 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16491 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16493 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16494 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16495 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16496 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16497 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16498 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16499 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16500 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16501 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16502 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16503 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16504 be set to \"gdb\""),
16505 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16506 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16510 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16511 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16512 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16513 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16514 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16515 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16516 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16517 or the start of the range\n\
16518 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16519 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16520 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16522 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16523 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16524 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16526 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16527 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16528 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16529 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16530 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16531 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16533 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16534 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16535 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16536 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16537 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16538 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16539 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16540 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16541 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16542 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16543 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16544 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16546 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16547 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16548 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16549 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16550 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16551 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16552 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16554 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16555 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16556 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16557 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16558 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16559 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16560 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16562 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16563 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16564 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16565 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16566 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16567 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16570 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16572 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16573 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16574 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16576 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16578 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16579 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);